9830 lines
355 KiB
Go
9830 lines
355 KiB
Go
// THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
// Package redshift provides a client for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
package redshift
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending
|
|
// on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet
|
|
// or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless
|
|
// Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2
|
|
// security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift
|
|
// security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster must be in the same AWS region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify CIDRIP. For
|
|
// an overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain
|
|
// Routing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
|
|
//
|
|
// You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients
|
|
// running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect
|
|
// to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working
|
|
// with Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess = "AuthorizeSnapshotAccess"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyClusterSnapshot = "CopyClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CopyClusterSnapshot method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CopyClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot.
|
|
// The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots
|
|
// of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires,
|
|
// Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated
|
|
// snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot.
|
|
// Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshot(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateCluster = "CreateCluster"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateCluster method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new cluster. To create the cluster in virtual private cloud (VPC),
|
|
// you must provide cluster subnet group name. If you don't provide a cluster
|
|
// subnet group name or the cluster security group parameter, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// creates a non-VPC cluster, it associates the default cluster security group
|
|
// with the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide .
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateCluster(input *CreateClusterInput) (*CreateClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterParameterGroup = "CreateClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterParameterGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate
|
|
// a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also
|
|
// associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is
|
|
// created by using ModifyCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies
|
|
// to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters
|
|
// and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterSecurityGroup = "CreateClusterSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterSecurityGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to
|
|
// control access to non-VPC clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
|
|
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroup(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterSnapshot = "CreateClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterSnapshot method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in
|
|
// the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshot(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterSubnetGroup = "CreateClusterSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterSubnetGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one
|
|
// or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
|
|
// when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet
|
|
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroup(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateEventSubscription method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires
|
|
// an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the
|
|
// Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To
|
|
// obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and
|
|
// subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs,
|
|
// event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all
|
|
// events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source
|
|
// type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories
|
|
// = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only
|
|
// send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup
|
|
// categories for the specified clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type
|
|
// = cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent
|
|
// for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type
|
|
// but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events
|
|
// for the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either
|
|
// the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated
|
|
// from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must
|
|
// specify a source type if you specify a source ID.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateHsmClientCertificate = "CreateHsmClientCertificate"
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateHsmClientCertificate method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateHsmClientCertificate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateHsmClientCertificateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use
|
|
// to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used
|
|
// to encrypt the cluster databases.
|
|
//
|
|
// The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition
|
|
// to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration
|
|
// that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption
|
|
// keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificate(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateHsmConfiguration = "CreateHsmConfiguration"
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateHsmConfiguration method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHsmConfigurationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateHsmConfiguration,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateHsmConfigurationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateHsmConfigurationOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an
|
|
// Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware
|
|
// Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify
|
|
// it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its
|
|
// encryption keys in the HSM.
|
|
//
|
|
// In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM
|
|
// client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfiguration(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant = "CreateSnapshotCopyGrant"
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer
|
|
// master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied
|
|
// snapshots in a destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateTags = "CreateTags"
|
|
|
|
// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateTags method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &CreateTagsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adds one or more tags to a specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// A resource can have up to 10 tags. If you try to create more than 10 tags
|
|
// for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for
|
|
// that key will be updated with the new value.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteCluster = "DeleteCluster"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteCluster method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the
|
|
// web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters
|
|
// to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled
|
|
// or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters,
|
|
// go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide .
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set
|
|
// SkipFinalClusterSnapshot to false and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier.
|
|
// You can later restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final
|
|
// cluster snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot"
|
|
// while the snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift
|
|
// begins deleting the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide .
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteCluster(input *DeleteClusterInput) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterParameterGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. You cannot delete a
|
|
// parameter group if it is associated with a cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup = "DeleteClusterSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters.
|
|
// You cannot delete the default security group. For information about managing
|
|
// security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterSnapshot = "DeleteClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterSnapshot method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available
|
|
// state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you
|
|
// delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots.
|
|
// You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other
|
|
// accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the
|
|
// authorizations before you can delete the snapshot.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup = "DeleteClusterSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes the specified cluster subnet group.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteEventSubscription method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteHsmClientCertificate = "DeleteHsmClientCertificate"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteHsmClientCertificate method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteHsmClientCertificate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes the specified HSM client certificate.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificate(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteHsmConfiguration = "DeleteHsmConfiguration"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteHsmConfiguration method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteHsmConfiguration,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteHsmConfigurationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfiguration(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteTags method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteTagsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource
|
|
// from which you want to delete the tag or tags.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeClusterParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterParameterGroups method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups
|
|
// you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the
|
|
// response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group
|
|
// family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description
|
|
// of a specific parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterParameters = "DescribeClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterParameters method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon
|
|
// Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information
|
|
// such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter
|
|
// value is modifiable, and so on.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify source filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type.
|
|
// For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such
|
|
// as from ModifyClusterParameterGroup, you can specify source equal to user.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameters(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterParametersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClusterParametersOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups = "DescribeClusterSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of
|
|
// a security group is specified, the response will contain only information
|
|
// about only that security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
|
|
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all security groups that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterSnapshots = "DescribeClusterSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterSnapshots method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster
|
|
// snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots
|
|
// of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information
|
|
// is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in
|
|
// the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag
|
|
// value request parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are
|
|
// returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with
|
|
// them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(p *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups = "DescribeClusterSubnetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata
|
|
// about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information
|
|
// about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterVersions = "DescribeClusterVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterVersions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You
|
|
// can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters,
|
|
// go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersions(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterVersionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPages(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusters = "DescribeClusters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusters method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClustersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClustersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClustersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClustersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeClustersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties,
|
|
// cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security
|
|
// and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information
|
|
// about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide .
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all clusters that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned
|
|
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusters(input *DescribeClustersInput) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClustersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClustersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersPages(input *DescribeClustersInput, fn func(p *DescribeClustersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeClustersRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeClustersOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeDefaultClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"DefaultClusterParameters.Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventCategories method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a
|
|
// specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types,
|
|
// go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html).
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventSubscriptions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notifications subscription
|
|
// for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description
|
|
// for that subscription.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEvents method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter
|
|
// groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security
|
|
// group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name
|
|
// as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeEventsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHsmClientCertificates = "DescribeHsmClientCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeHsmClientCertificates method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHsmClientCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate
|
|
// ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned
|
|
// by your AWS customer account.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of
|
|
// the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment
|
|
// for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates
|
|
// that have any combination of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificates(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, fn func(p *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHsmConfigurations = "DescribeHsmConfigurations"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHsmConfigurations operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeHsmConfigurations method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHsmConfigurations,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
// If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM
|
|
// configurations owned by your AWS customer account.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurations(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, fn func(p *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeLoggingStatus = "DescribeLoggingStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoggingStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeLoggingStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeLoggingStatus method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoggingStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeLoggingStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeLoggingStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &LoggingStatus{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is
|
|
// being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatus(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions = "DescribeOrderableClusterOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster
|
|
// you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the
|
|
// EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify,
|
|
// and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage,
|
|
// memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a
|
|
// list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating
|
|
// a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings = "DescribeReservedNodeOfferings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift
|
|
// with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring
|
|
// costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you.
|
|
// These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want
|
|
// to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
|
|
// to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved
|
|
// Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedNodes = "DescribeReservedNodes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedNodes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedNodes method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedNodesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedNodes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedNodesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedNodesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodes(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodes method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedNodesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedNodesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPages(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedNodesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedNodesOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeResize = "DescribeResize"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResizeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeResize operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeResize method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeResizeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeResizeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeRequest(input *DescribeResizeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeResizeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeResize,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeResizeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeResizeOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster.
|
|
// If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster,
|
|
// a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed,
|
|
// the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next resize.
|
|
//
|
|
// A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying
|
|
// a different number or type of nodes for the cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeResize(input *DescribeResizeInput) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeResizeRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = "DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination
|
|
// region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTableRestoreStatus = "DescribeTableRestoreStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeTableRestoreStatus method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTableRestoreStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter,
|
|
// then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests
|
|
// ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise
|
|
// DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatus(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeTags method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeTagsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying
|
|
// an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as
|
|
// clusters, snapshots, and so on.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are limitations for DescribeTags: You cannot specify an
|
|
// ARN and a resource-type value together in the same request. You cannot use
|
|
// the MaxRecords and Marker parameters together with the ARN parameter. The
|
|
// MaxRecords parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return in a
|
|
// request.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns all resources that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all resources that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are
|
|
// returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with
|
|
// them.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableLogging = "DisableLogging"
|
|
|
|
// DisableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableLogging operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DisableLogging method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableLoggingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableLoggingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableLoggingRequest(input *DisableLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableLogging,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableLoggingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &LoggingStatus{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the
|
|
// specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableLogging(input *DisableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableLoggingRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableSnapshotCopy = "DisableSnapshotCopy"
|
|
|
|
// DisableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DisableSnapshotCopy method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableSnapshotCopy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableSnapshotCopyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DisableSnapshotCopyOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region
|
|
// for a specified cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master
|
|
// key (CMK) from AWS KMS, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that
|
|
// grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopy(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableLogging = "EnableLogging"
|
|
|
|
// EnableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableLogging operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the EnableLogging method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableLoggingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableLoggingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableLoggingRequest(input *EnableLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableLogging,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableLoggingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &LoggingStatus{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for
|
|
// the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableLogging(input *EnableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableLoggingRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableSnapshotCopy = "EnableSnapshotCopy"
|
|
|
|
// EnableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the EnableSnapshotCopy method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableSnapshotCopy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableSnapshotCopyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &EnableSnapshotCopyOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region
|
|
// for a specified cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopy(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyCluster = "ModifyCluster"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyCluster method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security
|
|
// or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the
|
|
// master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security
|
|
// groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying
|
|
// a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more
|
|
// information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide .
|
|
//
|
|
// You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down
|
|
// the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of
|
|
// nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyCluster(input *ModifyClusterInput) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyClusterIamRoles = "ModifyClusterIamRoles"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyClusterIamRoles operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyClusterIamRoles method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyClusterIamRoles,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterIamRolesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that
|
|
// can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRoles(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyClusterParameterGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyClusterSubnetGroup = "ModifyClusterSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyClusterSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets.
|
|
// The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of
|
|
// subnets.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyEventSubscription method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod"
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination
|
|
// region after they are copied from the source region.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering = "PurchaseReservedNodeOffering"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined
|
|
// set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings.
|
|
// You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available
|
|
// reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved
|
|
// node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved
|
|
// Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootCluster = "RebootCluster"
|
|
|
|
// RebootClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RebootCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RebootCluster method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RebootClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RebootClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterRequest(input *RebootClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RebootClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in
|
|
// a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set
|
|
// to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any
|
|
// pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster) are applied at this reboot.
|
|
// For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RebootCluster(input *RebootClusterInput) (*RebootClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetClusterParameterGroup = "ResetClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ResetClusterParameterGroup method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default
|
|
// values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default".
|
|
// To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter.
|
|
// For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreFromClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates
|
|
// the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster
|
|
// from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created
|
|
// with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift
|
|
// creates the cluster, you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a different
|
|
// security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If
|
|
// you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS
|
|
// node type of the same size during restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet
|
|
// group where you want the cluster restored.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot.
|
|
// You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the
|
|
// snapshot was taken from.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot use RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot to restore a table with the
|
|
// same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you
|
|
// cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If
|
|
// you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then
|
|
// rename or drop your original table before you call RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.
|
|
// When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original
|
|
// name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.
|
|
// This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from
|
|
// the snapshot.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously
|
|
// authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule,
|
|
// see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information about managing
|
|
// security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeSnapshotAccess = "RevokeSnapshotAccess"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RevokeSnapshotAccess method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeSnapshotAccess,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeSnapshotAccessInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the
|
|
// specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the
|
|
// restore will run to completion.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccess(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRotateEncryptionKey = "RotateEncryptionKey"
|
|
|
|
// RotateEncryptionKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RotateEncryptionKey operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RotateEncryptionKey method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RotateEncryptionKeyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (req *request.Request, output *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRotateEncryptionKey,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RotateEncryptionKeyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RotateEncryptionKeyOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKey(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
|
|
type AccountWithRestoreAccess struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
|
|
AccountId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 111122223333
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
|
|
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
|
|
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountWithRestoreAccess == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountWithRestoreAccess"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an availability zone.
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the availability zone.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
type Cluster struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
|
|
// during the maintenance window.
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the cluster was created.
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The nodes in a cluster.
|
|
ClusterNodes []*ClusterNode `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster.
|
|
// Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroups []*ClusterParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The public key for the cluster.
|
|
ClusterPublicKey *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific revision number of the database in the cluster.
|
|
ClusterRevisionNumber *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each
|
|
// security group is represented by an element that contains ClusterSecurityGroup.Name
|
|
// and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in a VPC.
|
|
// Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security groups, which are listed
|
|
// by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for
|
|
// cross-region snapshot copy.
|
|
ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the cluster. Possible values are: available creating
|
|
// deleting final-snapshot hardware-failure incompatible-hsm incompatible-network
|
|
// incompatible-parameters incompatible-restore modifying rebooting renaming
|
|
// resizing rotating-keys storage-full updating-hsm
|
|
ClusterStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This parameter
|
|
// is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created.
|
|
// This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database
|
|
// was not specified, a database named "dev" was created by default.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
|
|
ElasticIpStatus *ElasticIpStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The connection endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM
|
|
// settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: active, applying
|
|
HsmStatus *HsmStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
|
|
// by the cluster to access other AWS services.
|
|
IamRoles []*ClusterIamRole `locationNameList:"ClusterIamRole" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key used to
|
|
// encrypt data in the cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the
|
|
// database that is specified in DBName.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster.
|
|
ModifyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type for the nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of compute nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, changes to the cluster are pending. Specific pending changes
|
|
// are identified by subelements.
|
|
PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster
|
|
// was not created by restoring a snapshot.
|
|
RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups that are associated
|
|
// with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster is in a
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Cluster) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Cluster) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the
|
|
// associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other AWS services.
|
|
type ClusterIamRole struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are possible statuses and descriptions. in-sync: The role
|
|
// is available for use by the cluster. adding: The role is in the process of
|
|
// being associated with the cluster. removing: The role is in the process of
|
|
// being disassociated with the cluster.
|
|
ApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. For example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload.
|
|
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterIamRole) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterIamRole) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of a node in a cluster.
|
|
type ClusterNode struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node.
|
|
NodeRole *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IP address of a node within a cluster.
|
|
PrivateIPAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public IP address of a node within a cluster.
|
|
PublicIPAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterNode) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterNode) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter group.
|
|
type ClusterParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster parameter group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
|
|
// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot
|
|
// of an associated cluster.
|
|
ParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a parameter group.
|
|
type ClusterParameterGroupStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of parameter statuses.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ClusterParameterStatusList []*ClusterParameterStatus `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of parameter updates.
|
|
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a parameter group.
|
|
type ClusterParameterStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the database.
|
|
ParameterApplyErrorDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync
|
|
// with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error
|
|
// when being applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are possible statuses and descriptions. in-sync: The parameter
|
|
// value is in sync with the database. pending-reboot: The parameter value will
|
|
// be applied after the cluster reboots. applying: The parameter value is being
|
|
// applied to the database. invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value
|
|
// because it has an invalid value or syntax. apply-deferred: The parameter
|
|
// contains static property changes. The changes are deferred until the cluster
|
|
// reboots. apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change
|
|
// will be applied after the cluster reboots. unknown-error: Cannot apply the
|
|
// parameter change right now. The change will be applied after the cluster
|
|
// reboots.
|
|
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
type ClusterSecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was applied.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the security group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters associated
|
|
// with this cluster security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters associated
|
|
// with this cluster security group.
|
|
IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster security group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster security group.
|
|
type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the cluster security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for
|
|
// cross-region snapshot copy.
|
|
type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region
|
|
// snapshot copy is enabled.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination
|
|
// region after they are copied from a source region.
|
|
RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet group.
|
|
type ClusterSubnetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster subnet group.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the cluster subnet group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete, Incomplete
|
|
// and Invalid.
|
|
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the VPC Subnet elements.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster subnet group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description
|
|
// of the version.
|
|
type ClusterVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number used by the cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the cluster version.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
|
|
// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
|
|
// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
|
|
SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the source snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is available.
|
|
SourceSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank. Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with
|
|
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for the AWS account
|
|
// that is making the request.
|
|
TargetSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
|
|
// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you
|
|
// can request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance
|
|
// window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
|
|
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
|
|
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision
|
|
// the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a
|
|
// specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned
|
|
// in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is
|
|
// specified by the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region
|
|
// as the current endpoint.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to
|
|
// the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying.
|
|
// The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Alphabetic
|
|
// characters must be lowercase. First character must be a letter. Cannot end
|
|
// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for all
|
|
// clusters within an AWS account. Example: myexamplecluster
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
|
|
// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
|
|
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character must
|
|
// be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed
|
|
// outside virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as single-node,
|
|
// the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required. multi-node, the NumberOfNodes
|
|
// parameter is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: multi-node
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy
|
|
// on the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 1.0
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created.
|
|
//
|
|
// To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to
|
|
// the cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database.
|
|
// For more information, go to Create a Database (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: dev
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. Must contain only lowercase
|
|
// letters. Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved
|
|
// words can be found in Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
|
|
// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
|
|
// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
|
|
// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
|
|
// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
|
|
IamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
|
|
// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that
|
|
// is being created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length. Must contain at least one
|
|
// uppercase letter. Must contain at least one lowercase letter. Must contain
|
|
// one number. Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except
|
|
// ' (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that
|
|
// is being created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved
|
|
// Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node
|
|
// types, go to Working with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
|
|
// | dc1.8xlarge.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when
|
|
// the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working
|
|
// with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When
|
|
// requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that
|
|
// you want in the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings.
|
|
// Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will
|
|
// listen for incoming connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 5439
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
|
|
// can occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
|
|
// time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information
|
|
// about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MasterUserPassword == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MasterUsername == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NodeType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeType"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies.
|
|
// The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call DescribeClusterParameterGroups.
|
|
// By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that
|
|
// are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for
|
|
// each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated
|
|
// with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example,
|
|
// a valid family name is "redshift-1.0".
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must
|
|
// be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
// Must be unique withing your AWS account. This value is stored as a lower-case
|
|
// string.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter group.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroup *ClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Must
|
|
// not be "Default". Must be unique for all security groups that are created
|
|
// by your AWS account. Example: examplesecuritygroup
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier
|
|
// must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Must
|
|
// not be "Default". Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by
|
|
// your AWS account. Example: examplesubnetgroup
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the subnet group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
|
|
// single request.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet group.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
|
|
// create the subscription but not active it.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the
|
|
// event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic
|
|
// and subscribe to it.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
|
|
// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
|
|
// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
|
|
// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
|
|
// within the source type specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
|
|
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
|
|
// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
|
|
// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
|
|
// type in order to specify source IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group,
|
|
// and cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the event subscription to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank. Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with
|
|
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SnsTopicArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
|
|
// cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHsmClientCertificateInput"}
|
|
if s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmClientCertificateIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
|
|
// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster to encrypt data files.
|
|
HsmClientCertificate *HsmClientCertificate `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
|
|
HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
|
|
// store their database encryption keys.
|
|
HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The password required to access the HSM partition.
|
|
HsmPartitionPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
|
|
// server.pem.
|
|
HsmServerPublicCertificate *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHsmConfigurationInput"}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmConfigurationIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmIpAddress == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmIpAddress"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmPartitionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmPartitionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmPartitionPassword == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmPartitionPassword"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmServerPublicCertificate == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmServerPublicCertificate"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
|
|
// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
|
|
// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
|
|
HsmConfiguration *HsmConfiguration `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.
|
|
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to which to grant
|
|
// Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region
|
|
// for the AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Alphabetic
|
|
// characters must be lowercase. First character must be a letter. Cannot end
|
|
// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for all
|
|
// clusters within an AWS account.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotCopyGrantName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotCopyGrantName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
|
|
// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
|
|
// in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrant *SnapshotCopyGrant `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the CreateTags action.
|
|
type CreateTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags.
|
|
// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each
|
|
// tag name is passed in with the parameter Key and the corresponding value
|
|
// is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key and Value parameters are separated
|
|
// by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags
|
|
// "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0".
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
|
|
type DefaultClusterParameters struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine default
|
|
// parameters apply.
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of cluster default parameters.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DefaultClusterParameters) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DefaultClusterParameters) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain lowercase characters. Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens. First character must be a letter. Cannot end with
|
|
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before
|
|
// deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
|
|
// must be false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon
|
|
// Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created.
|
|
// If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
|
|
// is false. Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalClusterSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group. Cannot delete
|
|
// a default cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
|
|
// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
|
|
// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput"}
|
|
if s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmClientCertificateIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteHsmConfigurationInput"}
|
|
if s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmConfigurationIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotCopyGrantName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotCopyGrantName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.
|
|
type DeleteTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags.
|
|
// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key that you want to delete.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default,
|
|
// details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
|
|
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called
|
|
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.
|
|
type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one cluster
|
|
// parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroups []*ClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are different
|
|
// form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show parameters that
|
|
// are the same as the default parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: All parameter types returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: user | engine-default
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.
|
|
type DescribeClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
|
|
// cluster parameter group.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details.
|
|
// You can specify either the Marker parameter or a ClusterSecurityGroupName
|
|
// parameter, but not both.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: securitygroup1
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter
|
|
// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
|
|
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called
|
|
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*ClusterSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster for which information about snapshots is requested.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified
|
|
// time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information
|
|
// about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this field
|
|
// to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To describe
|
|
// snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, or do not specify
|
|
// the parameter.
|
|
OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default,
|
|
// snapshots of all types are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: automated | manual
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time.
|
|
// The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about
|
|
// ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
|
|
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
|
|
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
|
|
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called admin
|
|
// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of
|
|
// these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Snapshot instances.
|
|
Snapshots []*Snapshot `locationNameList:"Snapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
|
|
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called admin
|
|
// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both
|
|
// of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.
|
|
type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroups []*ClusterSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSubnetGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClusterVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific cluster version to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 1.0
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions request exceed
|
|
// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
|
|
// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.
|
|
type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Version elements.
|
|
ClusterVersions []*ClusterVersion `locationNameList:"ClusterVersion" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeClustersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This
|
|
// parameter is case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request exceed the
|
|
// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
|
|
// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or
|
|
// the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that
|
|
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
|
|
// you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
|
|
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters
|
|
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin and
|
|
// test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag
|
|
// values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.
|
|
type DescribeClustersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
|
|
Clusters []*Cluster `locationNameList:"Cluster" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in
|
|
// the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
|
|
// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
|
|
// retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family.
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
|
|
DefaultClusterParameters *DefaultClusterParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described
|
|
// event categories apply.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories descriptions.
|
|
EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve
|
|
// events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration
|
|
// of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 60
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed the
|
|
// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
|
|
// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
|
|
// this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is cluster. Specify a cluster
|
|
// security group name when SourceType is cluster-security-group. Specify a
|
|
// cluster parameter group name when SourceType is cluster-parameter-group.
|
|
// Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify cluster when SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier. Specify
|
|
// cluster-security-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security group
|
|
// name. Specify cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster
|
|
// parameter group name. Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a
|
|
// cluster snapshot identifier.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Event instances.
|
|
Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want information.
|
|
// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM client
|
|
// certificates owned by your AWS customer account.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates
|
|
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called owner
|
|
// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client
|
|
// certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
|
|
// For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged
|
|
// with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values
|
|
// in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates
|
|
// that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by
|
|
// Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in
|
|
// an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificates []*HsmClientCertificate `locationNameList:"HsmClientCertificate" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described.
|
|
// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM configurations
|
|
// owned by your AWS customer account.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
|
|
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called owner and
|
|
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
|
|
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called
|
|
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
|
|
HsmConfigurations []*HsmConfiguration `locationNameList:"HsmConfiguration" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLoggingStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: All versions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified node type.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.
|
|
type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about orderable
|
|
// options for the cluster.
|
|
OrderableClusterOptions []*OrderableClusterOption `locationNameList:"OrderableClusterOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the offering.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferings []*ReservedNodeOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedNodeOffering" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request exceed
|
|
// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
|
|
// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Identifier for the node reservation.
|
|
ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of ReservedNode objects.
|
|
ReservedNodes []*ReservedNode `locationNameList:"ReservedNode" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeResizeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting.
|
|
// This parameter is case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeResizeInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.
|
|
type DescribeResizeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured
|
|
// in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value
|
|
// shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
|
|
AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began.
|
|
// After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time,
|
|
// in seconds, for the resize operation.
|
|
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete.
|
|
// This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated
|
|
// amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete,
|
|
// this value will be 0.
|
|
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of tables that have been completely imported .
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: List of table names.
|
|
ImportTablesCompleted []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of tables that are being currently imported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: List of table names.
|
|
ImportTablesInProgress []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: List of table names
|
|
ImportTablesNotStarted []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
|
|
// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
|
|
// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on
|
|
// the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
|
|
// estimated total amount of data before resize).
|
|
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the resize operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
|
|
TargetClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
|
|
TargetNodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation
|
|
// is complete.
|
|
TargetNumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
|
|
// resize operation began.
|
|
TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter
|
|
// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
|
|
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
|
|
// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
|
|
// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
|
|
// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter
|
|
// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrants []*SnapshotCopyGrant `locationNameList:"SnapshotCopyGrant" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you
|
|
// don't specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests.
|
|
TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
|
|
TableRestoreStatusDetails []*TableRestoreStatus `locationNameList:"TableRestoreStatus" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or
|
|
// tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types
|
|
// are: Cluster CIDR/IP EC2 security group Snapshot Cluster security group
|
|
// Subnet group HSM connection HSM certificate Parameter group Snapshot copy
|
|
// grant
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
|
|
// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
|
|
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
|
|
// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
|
|
// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
|
|
// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags with their associated resources.
|
|
TaggedResources []*TaggedResource `locationNameList:"TaggedResource" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisableLoggingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableLoggingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableLoggingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisableLoggingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableLoggingInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying
|
|
// of snapshots to a destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
|
|
// snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableSnapshotCopyInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Amazon EC2 security group.
|
|
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the EC2 Security Group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// field.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the EC2 security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the EC2 security group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
|
|
type ElasticIpStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticIpStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticIpStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EnableLoggingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be in the same region as the cluster The cluster must have read bucket
|
|
// and put object permissions
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix applied to the log file names.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot exceed 512 characters Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("),
|
|
// single quotes ('), a backslash (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal
|
|
// codes for invalid characters are: x00 to x20 x22 x27 x5c x7f or larger
|
|
S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableLoggingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableLoggingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableLoggingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableLoggingInput"}
|
|
if s.BucketName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not
|
|
// already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information,
|
|
// see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region)
|
|
// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
|
|
// after they are copied from the source region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 7.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
|
|
RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an AWS KMS-encrypted
|
|
// cluster are copied to the destination region.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableSnapshotCopyInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DestinationRegion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationRegion"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a connection endpoint.
|
|
type Endpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DNS address of the Cluster.
|
|
Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an event.
|
|
type Event struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time of the event.
|
|
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the event categories.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event.
|
|
EventId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The text of this event.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The severity of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the source of the event.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type for this event.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes event categories.
|
|
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The events in the event category.
|
|
Events []*EventInfoMap `locationNameList:"EventInfoMap" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned categories
|
|
// belong to.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes event information.
|
|
type EventInfoMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The category of an Amazon Redshift event.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of an Amazon Redshift event.
|
|
EventDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event.
|
|
EventId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The severity of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventInfoMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventInfoMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes event subscriptions.
|
|
type EventSubscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. true indicates
|
|
// the subscription is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event notification,
|
|
// such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist The
|
|
// status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer has permission
|
|
// to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that
|
|
// the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was
|
|
// created.
|
|
SubscriptionCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the event subscription.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
|
|
// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster to encrypt data files.
|
|
type HsmClientCertificate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the HSM client certificate.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the
|
|
// HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificatePublicKey *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the HSM client certificate.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmClientCertificate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmClientCertificate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
|
|
// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
|
|
// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
|
|
type HsmConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A text description of the HSM configuration.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
|
|
HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
|
|
// store their database encryption keys.
|
|
HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the HSM configuration.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of changes to HSM settings.
|
|
type HsmStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM
|
|
// settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: active, applying
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IP range used in a security group.
|
|
type IPRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the IP range.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
|
|
type LoggingStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
|
|
LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
|
|
LastFailureTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The last time that logs were delivered.
|
|
LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
|
|
LoggingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix applied to the log file names.
|
|
S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoggingStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoggingStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Zero or more IAM roles (in their ARN format) to associate with the cluster.
|
|
// You can associate up to 10 IAM roles with a single cluster in a single request.
|
|
AddIamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate
|
|
// IAM roles.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Zero or more IAM roles (in their ARN format) to disassociate from the cluster.
|
|
// You can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single
|
|
// request.
|
|
RemoveIamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterIamRolesInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
|
|
// during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
|
|
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
|
|
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current
|
|
// value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention
|
|
// period will be immediately deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change
|
|
// is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use RebootCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group
|
|
// family that matches the cluster version.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This
|
|
// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list
|
|
// of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must
|
|
// be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The new cluster type.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes
|
|
// into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based
|
|
// on your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the
|
|
// old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster.
|
|
// You can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.
|
|
//
|
|
// For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is
|
|
// currently in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter
|
|
// group family for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter
|
|
// group can be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more
|
|
// information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 1.0
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
|
|
// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
|
|
// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
|
|
// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
|
|
// element of the operation response. Operations never return the password,
|
|
// so this operation provides a way to regain access to the master user account
|
|
// for a cluster if the password is lost.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length. Must contain at least one
|
|
// uppercase letter. Must contain at least one lowercase letter. Must contain
|
|
// one number. Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except
|
|
// ' (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new identifier for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Alphabetic
|
|
// characters must be lowercase. First character must be a letter. Cannot end
|
|
// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for all
|
|
// clusters within an AWS account. Example: examplecluster
|
|
NewClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must
|
|
// also specify the number of nodes parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets
|
|
// access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
|
|
// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
|
|
// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
|
|
// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
|
|
// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
|
|
// the progress of the resize request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
|
|
// | dc1.8xlarge.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes,
|
|
// you must also specify the node type parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets
|
|
// access permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
|
|
// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
|
|
// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
|
|
// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
|
|
// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
|
|
// the progress of the resize request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: Integer greater than 0.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may
|
|
// result in an outage.
|
|
//
|
|
// This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance
|
|
// window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between
|
|
// the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes
|
|
// are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters
|
|
// in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be modified.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
|
|
// modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter
|
|
// name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.
|
|
//
|
|
// For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the
|
|
// name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Parameters == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subnet group to be modified.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
|
|
// single request.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet group.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates
|
|
// the subscription is enabled
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
|
|
// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
|
|
// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
|
|
// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
|
|
// within the source type specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
|
|
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
|
|
// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
|
|
// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
|
|
// type in order to specify source IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group,
|
|
// and cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention
|
|
// period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
|
|
// snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
|
|
// after they are copied from the source region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied
|
|
// to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated
|
|
// snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside
|
|
// of the new retention period.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
|
|
RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RetentionPeriod == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RetentionPeriod"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an orderable cluster option.
|
|
type OrderableClusterOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster type, for example multi-node.
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the orderable cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type for the orderable cluster.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableClusterOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableClusterOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group.
|
|
type Parameter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The valid range of values for the parameter.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can
|
|
// be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated
|
|
// clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more
|
|
// information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string" enum:"ParameterApplyType"`
|
|
|
|
// The data type of the parameter.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the parameter.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or
|
|
// operational implications that prevent them from being changed.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
|
|
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user".
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one
|
|
// or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied.
|
|
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention period.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type.
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the service version.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the cluster
|
|
// from the public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedNodeOfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedNodeOfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
|
|
ReservedNode *ReservedNode `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster identifier.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RebootClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a recurring charge.
|
|
type RecurringCharge struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring charge
|
|
// frequency.
|
|
RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied.
|
|
RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
|
|
type ReservedNode struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the reserved cluster.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the node reservation in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reserved compute nodes.
|
|
NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type of the reserved node.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
|
|
// node offering.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring charges for the reserved node.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the reservation.
|
|
ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the reserved node offering.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering for
|
|
// a duration. This is the start time of that duration.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the reserved compute node.
|
|
//
|
|
// Possible Values:
|
|
//
|
|
// pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and the
|
|
// sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed. active-This
|
|
// reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for use. payment-failed-Payment
|
|
// failed for the purchase attempt.
|
|
State *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNode) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNode) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reserved node offering.
|
|
type ReservedNodeOffering struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the compute nodes offering.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved node
|
|
// offering.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type offered by the reserved node offering.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
|
|
// node offering.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any clusters
|
|
// using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect for heavy-utilization
|
|
// reserved nodes.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the offering
|
|
// is running.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNodeOffering) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNodeOffering) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option
|
|
// is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to
|
|
// their default values.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
|
|
// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
|
|
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
|
|
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was
|
|
// taken.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1a
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. Alphabetic
|
|
// characters must be lowercase. First character must be a letter. Cannot end
|
|
// with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Must be unique for all
|
|
// clusters within an AWS account.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
|
|
// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
|
|
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character must
|
|
// be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.
|
|
//
|
|
// A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you
|
|
// must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
|
|
// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
|
|
// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
|
|
IamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
|
|
// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a shared
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
// You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you
|
|
// can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example,
|
|
// you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds2.xlarge into ds1.xlarge.
|
|
// If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance
|
|
// type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance
|
|
// type into another dc1.large instance type. For more information about node
|
|
// types, see About Clusters and Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if
|
|
// you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot.
|
|
OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be between 1115 and 65535.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
|
|
// can occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was
|
|
// taken. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance
|
|
// Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter
|
|
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
|
|
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster
|
|
// was not created by restoring a snapshot.
|
|
type RestoreStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage.
|
|
// Returns the average rate for a completed backup.
|
|
CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount
|
|
// of time it took a completed restore to finish.
|
|
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns
|
|
// 0 for a completed restore.
|
|
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage.
|
|
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster.
|
|
SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed,
|
|
// or failed.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
|
|
NewTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must
|
|
// have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the ClusterIdentifier
|
|
// parameter.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
|
|
SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If
|
|
// you do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is public.
|
|
SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source table to restore from.
|
|
SourceTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NewTableName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewTableName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceDatabaseName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDatabaseName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceTableName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceTableName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
TableRestoreStatus *TableRestoreStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless
|
|
// Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is specified,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be provided and CIDRIP cannot
|
|
// be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName must
|
|
// also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 111122223333
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the
|
|
// specified snapshot.
|
|
AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
|
|
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
|
|
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeSnapshotAccessInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountWithRestoreAccess == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountWithRestoreAccess"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption
|
|
// keys for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RotateEncryptionKeyInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
type Snapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns
|
|
// null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner.
|
|
AccountsWithRestoreAccess []*AccountWithRestoreAccess `locationNameList:"AccountWithRestoreAccess" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the incremental backup.
|
|
ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot backup.
|
|
BackupProgressInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created.
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup.
|
|
// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
|
|
CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or the
|
|
// amount of time it took a completed backup to finish.
|
|
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the
|
|
// HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is encrypted
|
|
// using HSM keys.
|
|
EncryptedWithHSM *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete.
|
|
// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
|
|
EstimatedSecondsToCompletion *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was
|
|
// used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The master user name for the cluster.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type of the nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the
|
|
// snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner can
|
|
// perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot.
|
|
OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port that the cluster is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore into.
|
|
RestorableNodeTypes []*string `locationNameList:"NodeType" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The time (UTC) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot contains
|
|
// a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time.
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot
|
|
// will be of type "manual".
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The source region from which the snapshot was copied.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation
|
|
// used. CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as "creating".
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", "available", "final
|
|
// snapshot", or "failed". DeleteClusterSnapshot returns status as "deleted".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a
|
|
// VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Snapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Snapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
|
|
// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
|
|
// in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
type SnapshotCopyGrant struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) in AWS KMS to which
|
|
// Amazon Redshift is granted permission.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet.
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes an availability zone.
|
|
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
type TableRestoreStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored
|
|
// to.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include
|
|
// SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore request.
|
|
NewTableName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB).
|
|
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
RequestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source database that contains the table being restored.
|
|
SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored.
|
|
SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source table being restored.
|
|
SourceTableName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TableRestoreStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the table restore request.
|
|
TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB).
|
|
TotalDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableRestoreStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableRestoreStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource.
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The key, or name, for the resource tag.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value for the resource tag.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A tag and its associated resource.
|
|
type TaggedResource struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example,
|
|
// arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types
|
|
// are: Cluster CIDR/IP EC2 security group Snapshot Cluster security group
|
|
// Subnet group HSM connection HSM certificate Parameter group
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
|
|
// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag for the resource.
|
|
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TaggedResource) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TaggedResource) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the members of a VPC security group.
|
|
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC security group.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// @enum ParameterApplyType
|
|
ParameterApplyTypeStatic = "static"
|
|
// @enum ParameterApplyType
|
|
ParameterApplyTypeDynamic = "dynamic"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeCluster = "cluster"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup = "cluster-parameter-group"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup = "cluster-security-group"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeClusterSnapshot = "cluster-snapshot"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// @enum TableRestoreStatusType
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypePending = "PENDING"
|
|
// @enum TableRestoreStatusType
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress = "IN_PROGRESS"
|
|
// @enum TableRestoreStatusType
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"
|
|
// @enum TableRestoreStatusType
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"
|
|
// @enum TableRestoreStatusType
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled = "CANCELED"
|
|
)
|